road note 6 road pavement drainage - … proportion of the flow by-passing the gully. this, in turn,...
TRANSCRIPT
ROAD NOTE 6 ROAD PAVEMENT DRAINAGE
HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT
RDRN006 Research amp Development Division 4th May 1994
HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT
ROAD NOTE 6
ROAD PAVEMENT DRAINAGE
Research amp Development Division RDRN006 4th May 1994
ROAD NOTE 6 - Road Pavement Drainage (94 Version)
1 Introduction
This Road Note replaces the 1983 version of Road Note 6 and the recommendations given in Section 736 Chapter 7 Volume V of the Civil Engineering Manual as the standard for road pavement drainage design
2 Background
21 Road Note 6 was published in 1983 and was based on Transport Research Laboratory (TRL) Report No LR 2771 Since publication more local experience on the design of road drainage has been gained and new findings have also been obtained from TRL Reports LR 6022 and CR 23 This Road Note therefore includes all the latest information and is a more realistic and complete design guide than the original version of RN6
22 This new design standard provides -
a) revised methods for drainage design covering both flat or nearly flat roads (according to LR 602) and inclined roads (according to CR2)
b) a new requirement for checking the ultimate state
c) 2 sets of design charts firstly for normal roads and secondly for road edges where the flow width will be limited within hard shoulders which are not normally trafficked and
d) allowance for reduction in the flow efficiency due to road surface texture and the blockage of gully gratings by debris
23 Details of the installation of gully assemblies are given in Section 3 of HyD Standard Drawings These requirements should be complied with
3 Design Considerations
1LR277 Laboratory Report 277 - The Hydraulic Efficiency and Spacing of BS Road Gulleys
2LR602 Laboratory Report 602 - Drainage of Level or nearly Level Roads
3CR2 Contractor Report 2 - The Drainage Capacity of BS Road Gullies and a Procedure for Estimating their Spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 1 of 30
31 Serviceability State Considerations
311 The spacing of road gullies should be designed so that the flow of water in the kerb side hard shoulder marginal strip channel is limited to a maximum tolerable width (flooded width) commensurate with the function of the road even under heavy rainfall conditions (to be defined in para 32 below) Cost is also a relevant consideration It would generally require 2 to 5 times more gullies in order to reduce the flooded width by 50 Consequently a modest improvement in flow condition would involve quite significant additional cost Therefore the design flooded width should represent a compromise between the need to restrict water flowing on the carriageway to acceptable proportions and the additional costs associated with higher levels of road drainage
312 The principle is to limit the likelihood of water flowing under the wheel paths of vehicles on high speed roads and splashing over footways on low speed roads In general for flat and near flat roads a design flooded width of 075 metre under heavy rainfall condition is adequate This flooded width will imply that stormwater will just begin to encroach into the wheel paths of vehicles or would be restricted within the marginal strip if provided The very small risk of splashing over footways is considered to be acceptable
313 For roads with moderate to steep gradients a smaller flooded width is desirable This is because when there is a large quantity of water flowing in the channel on a steep gradient any partial blockage of the inlet will result in a considerable proportion of the flow by-passing the gully This in turn will increase the load on the next and subsequent gullies For this reason the maximum design gully spacing shall be limited to 25 metres and the design flooded width shall be reduced in accordance with Table 1 The effect of this reduction in design flooded width has been taken into consideration in the preparation of the design charts
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 2 of 30
Longitudinal Gradient Design Flooded Width
2 or less 750 mm
between 2 to 3 transition from 750 mm to 700 mm
3 and more up to 5 700 mm
more than 5 gradually reduces from 700 mm downwards (gully spacing is calculated by assuming that the longitudinal gradient is equal to 5 and the maximum gully spacing is limited to 25 metres)
Table 1 Design flooded width for Roads other than expressways
314 A larger flooded width can be permitted on the slow lane sides of expressways where hard shoulder of minimum width of 25 metres are provided The design flooded width can be increased to 10 metre under heavy rainfall conditions which will ensure that there is no encroachment onto the adjoining traffic lane Again there is a need to limit the flooded width on roads with moderate and steep gradients In this respect gully spacing for expressways with a longitudinal gradient of more than 3 shall be determined as if the gradient is equal to 3 However in most cases the maximum design gully spacing of 25 metres will be the determining factor
315 Note that a 10 metre design flooded width does not apply to those sides of expressways without a hard shoulder of minimum width 25 metres nor to the fast lane sides where only a marginal strip is provided
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 3 of 30
32 Climatic Considerations
321 In general the designer should equate heavy rainfall condition for serviceability state design to be the intensity of a rainstorm (5 minutes or more in duration) having a probability of occurrence of not more than 10 times per year According to the statistics from the Royal Observatory this corresponds to an intensity of 80 mmhour It should be noted that a rainfall intensity of 80 mmhour or more would be such that many motorists would consider it prudent to slow down owing to lack of visibility
322 If gullies are provided to limit flooded width to 750mm at this design rainfall intensity [80mmhour] larger flooded width as tabulated in Table 2 will result during heavier rainstorms It is expected that the design flooded width will be exceeded not more than 10 times per year 5 times of which up to 083 metre and the other 5 times mostly up to 095 metre This is considered acceptable in view of the not frequent occurrence and the relatively slight extension in flooded width Note that the flooded width is well within the hard shoulder of expressways even for exceptionally heavy rainstorms of a probability of occurrence of 1 in 200 years
Storm Occurrence
Intensity Maximum Flooded Width
Normal Roads Hard Shoulders in Expressways
10 per year 80 mmh 075 m 100 m
5 per year 100 mmh 083 m 110 m
1 per year 140 mmh 095 m 127 m
1 in 50 years 240 mmh 120 m 160 m
1 in 200 years 280 mmh 128 m 171 m
Table 2 Maximum Flooded Width for Different Storm Frequencies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 4 of 30
33 Ultimate State Considerations
331 Under the kerb and gully arrangement when a fixed number of gullies have been constructed the flow width and flow height will increase with the rainfall intensity If the flow height is too great the kerb may be overtopped and in certain situation the surface water may cause flooding to adjoining land or properties This should be avoided even in exceptionally heavy rainstorms
332 The purpose of the ultimate state design is to prevent the occurrence of such overtopping In this design standard the ultimate state is taken to be the rainfall intensity [240 mmhour] of a 5 minute rainstorm with a probability of occurrence of 1 in 50 years To have a further safety margin a factor of safety of 12 is applied to the flow height under the ultimate state before checking against the available kerb height The flow height Hult is therefore given by Equation (1)
Hult = 12 x 10 x Wult x Xfall (1)
where Hult = flow height in mm Wult = flooded width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other road edges)
Xfall = crossfall of pavement in
333 This requirement can be satisfied in most cases The flow height will exceed the standard kerb height of 125 mm only if the crossfall is more than 65 for hard shoulder flow on expressways or 87 on other roads If the kerb height is exceeded the drainage design should be revised
334 When the limiting flow height is exceeded either the crossfall or the kerb height may be adjusted The kerb height can be increased up to 150mm if required for this purpose If the ultimate state requirement cannot be met by adjusting the kerb height or crossfall due to other constraints the gully spacing (determined by Equation 5) should be adjusted by multiplying it with a reduction factor RFult given by Equation (2)
Hkerb RFult = ( ) (2)12 x Wfall x Xult
where RFult = reduction factor for ultimate state
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 5 of 30
Hkerb = kerb height in mm Xfall = crossfall of pavement in Wult = flow width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other roads )
335 A kerb height of 125 mm can be assumed at standard dropped kerb crossings as the footway should have sufficient fall to contain any overtopping within a localised area However in exceptional cases with non-standard dropped kerb crossings where the footway falls away from the kerb the actual kerb height should be used and special attention should be paid in the design to cater for ultimate state flow
336 Where a continuous channel is provided along the edge of the carriageway for surface drainage the capacity of the channel should be sufficient to cater for the ultimate state rainfall intensity
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 6 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT
ROAD NOTE 6
ROAD PAVEMENT DRAINAGE
Research amp Development Division RDRN006 4th May 1994
ROAD NOTE 6 - Road Pavement Drainage (94 Version)
1 Introduction
This Road Note replaces the 1983 version of Road Note 6 and the recommendations given in Section 736 Chapter 7 Volume V of the Civil Engineering Manual as the standard for road pavement drainage design
2 Background
21 Road Note 6 was published in 1983 and was based on Transport Research Laboratory (TRL) Report No LR 2771 Since publication more local experience on the design of road drainage has been gained and new findings have also been obtained from TRL Reports LR 6022 and CR 23 This Road Note therefore includes all the latest information and is a more realistic and complete design guide than the original version of RN6
22 This new design standard provides -
a) revised methods for drainage design covering both flat or nearly flat roads (according to LR 602) and inclined roads (according to CR2)
b) a new requirement for checking the ultimate state
c) 2 sets of design charts firstly for normal roads and secondly for road edges where the flow width will be limited within hard shoulders which are not normally trafficked and
d) allowance for reduction in the flow efficiency due to road surface texture and the blockage of gully gratings by debris
23 Details of the installation of gully assemblies are given in Section 3 of HyD Standard Drawings These requirements should be complied with
3 Design Considerations
1LR277 Laboratory Report 277 - The Hydraulic Efficiency and Spacing of BS Road Gulleys
2LR602 Laboratory Report 602 - Drainage of Level or nearly Level Roads
3CR2 Contractor Report 2 - The Drainage Capacity of BS Road Gullies and a Procedure for Estimating their Spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 1 of 30
31 Serviceability State Considerations
311 The spacing of road gullies should be designed so that the flow of water in the kerb side hard shoulder marginal strip channel is limited to a maximum tolerable width (flooded width) commensurate with the function of the road even under heavy rainfall conditions (to be defined in para 32 below) Cost is also a relevant consideration It would generally require 2 to 5 times more gullies in order to reduce the flooded width by 50 Consequently a modest improvement in flow condition would involve quite significant additional cost Therefore the design flooded width should represent a compromise between the need to restrict water flowing on the carriageway to acceptable proportions and the additional costs associated with higher levels of road drainage
312 The principle is to limit the likelihood of water flowing under the wheel paths of vehicles on high speed roads and splashing over footways on low speed roads In general for flat and near flat roads a design flooded width of 075 metre under heavy rainfall condition is adequate This flooded width will imply that stormwater will just begin to encroach into the wheel paths of vehicles or would be restricted within the marginal strip if provided The very small risk of splashing over footways is considered to be acceptable
313 For roads with moderate to steep gradients a smaller flooded width is desirable This is because when there is a large quantity of water flowing in the channel on a steep gradient any partial blockage of the inlet will result in a considerable proportion of the flow by-passing the gully This in turn will increase the load on the next and subsequent gullies For this reason the maximum design gully spacing shall be limited to 25 metres and the design flooded width shall be reduced in accordance with Table 1 The effect of this reduction in design flooded width has been taken into consideration in the preparation of the design charts
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 2 of 30
Longitudinal Gradient Design Flooded Width
2 or less 750 mm
between 2 to 3 transition from 750 mm to 700 mm
3 and more up to 5 700 mm
more than 5 gradually reduces from 700 mm downwards (gully spacing is calculated by assuming that the longitudinal gradient is equal to 5 and the maximum gully spacing is limited to 25 metres)
Table 1 Design flooded width for Roads other than expressways
314 A larger flooded width can be permitted on the slow lane sides of expressways where hard shoulder of minimum width of 25 metres are provided The design flooded width can be increased to 10 metre under heavy rainfall conditions which will ensure that there is no encroachment onto the adjoining traffic lane Again there is a need to limit the flooded width on roads with moderate and steep gradients In this respect gully spacing for expressways with a longitudinal gradient of more than 3 shall be determined as if the gradient is equal to 3 However in most cases the maximum design gully spacing of 25 metres will be the determining factor
315 Note that a 10 metre design flooded width does not apply to those sides of expressways without a hard shoulder of minimum width 25 metres nor to the fast lane sides where only a marginal strip is provided
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 3 of 30
32 Climatic Considerations
321 In general the designer should equate heavy rainfall condition for serviceability state design to be the intensity of a rainstorm (5 minutes or more in duration) having a probability of occurrence of not more than 10 times per year According to the statistics from the Royal Observatory this corresponds to an intensity of 80 mmhour It should be noted that a rainfall intensity of 80 mmhour or more would be such that many motorists would consider it prudent to slow down owing to lack of visibility
322 If gullies are provided to limit flooded width to 750mm at this design rainfall intensity [80mmhour] larger flooded width as tabulated in Table 2 will result during heavier rainstorms It is expected that the design flooded width will be exceeded not more than 10 times per year 5 times of which up to 083 metre and the other 5 times mostly up to 095 metre This is considered acceptable in view of the not frequent occurrence and the relatively slight extension in flooded width Note that the flooded width is well within the hard shoulder of expressways even for exceptionally heavy rainstorms of a probability of occurrence of 1 in 200 years
Storm Occurrence
Intensity Maximum Flooded Width
Normal Roads Hard Shoulders in Expressways
10 per year 80 mmh 075 m 100 m
5 per year 100 mmh 083 m 110 m
1 per year 140 mmh 095 m 127 m
1 in 50 years 240 mmh 120 m 160 m
1 in 200 years 280 mmh 128 m 171 m
Table 2 Maximum Flooded Width for Different Storm Frequencies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 4 of 30
33 Ultimate State Considerations
331 Under the kerb and gully arrangement when a fixed number of gullies have been constructed the flow width and flow height will increase with the rainfall intensity If the flow height is too great the kerb may be overtopped and in certain situation the surface water may cause flooding to adjoining land or properties This should be avoided even in exceptionally heavy rainstorms
332 The purpose of the ultimate state design is to prevent the occurrence of such overtopping In this design standard the ultimate state is taken to be the rainfall intensity [240 mmhour] of a 5 minute rainstorm with a probability of occurrence of 1 in 50 years To have a further safety margin a factor of safety of 12 is applied to the flow height under the ultimate state before checking against the available kerb height The flow height Hult is therefore given by Equation (1)
Hult = 12 x 10 x Wult x Xfall (1)
where Hult = flow height in mm Wult = flooded width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other road edges)
Xfall = crossfall of pavement in
333 This requirement can be satisfied in most cases The flow height will exceed the standard kerb height of 125 mm only if the crossfall is more than 65 for hard shoulder flow on expressways or 87 on other roads If the kerb height is exceeded the drainage design should be revised
334 When the limiting flow height is exceeded either the crossfall or the kerb height may be adjusted The kerb height can be increased up to 150mm if required for this purpose If the ultimate state requirement cannot be met by adjusting the kerb height or crossfall due to other constraints the gully spacing (determined by Equation 5) should be adjusted by multiplying it with a reduction factor RFult given by Equation (2)
Hkerb RFult = ( ) (2)12 x Wfall x Xult
where RFult = reduction factor for ultimate state
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 5 of 30
Hkerb = kerb height in mm Xfall = crossfall of pavement in Wult = flow width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other roads )
335 A kerb height of 125 mm can be assumed at standard dropped kerb crossings as the footway should have sufficient fall to contain any overtopping within a localised area However in exceptional cases with non-standard dropped kerb crossings where the footway falls away from the kerb the actual kerb height should be used and special attention should be paid in the design to cater for ultimate state flow
336 Where a continuous channel is provided along the edge of the carriageway for surface drainage the capacity of the channel should be sufficient to cater for the ultimate state rainfall intensity
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 6 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
ROAD NOTE 6 - Road Pavement Drainage (94 Version)
1 Introduction
This Road Note replaces the 1983 version of Road Note 6 and the recommendations given in Section 736 Chapter 7 Volume V of the Civil Engineering Manual as the standard for road pavement drainage design
2 Background
21 Road Note 6 was published in 1983 and was based on Transport Research Laboratory (TRL) Report No LR 2771 Since publication more local experience on the design of road drainage has been gained and new findings have also been obtained from TRL Reports LR 6022 and CR 23 This Road Note therefore includes all the latest information and is a more realistic and complete design guide than the original version of RN6
22 This new design standard provides -
a) revised methods for drainage design covering both flat or nearly flat roads (according to LR 602) and inclined roads (according to CR2)
b) a new requirement for checking the ultimate state
c) 2 sets of design charts firstly for normal roads and secondly for road edges where the flow width will be limited within hard shoulders which are not normally trafficked and
d) allowance for reduction in the flow efficiency due to road surface texture and the blockage of gully gratings by debris
23 Details of the installation of gully assemblies are given in Section 3 of HyD Standard Drawings These requirements should be complied with
3 Design Considerations
1LR277 Laboratory Report 277 - The Hydraulic Efficiency and Spacing of BS Road Gulleys
2LR602 Laboratory Report 602 - Drainage of Level or nearly Level Roads
3CR2 Contractor Report 2 - The Drainage Capacity of BS Road Gullies and a Procedure for Estimating their Spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 1 of 30
31 Serviceability State Considerations
311 The spacing of road gullies should be designed so that the flow of water in the kerb side hard shoulder marginal strip channel is limited to a maximum tolerable width (flooded width) commensurate with the function of the road even under heavy rainfall conditions (to be defined in para 32 below) Cost is also a relevant consideration It would generally require 2 to 5 times more gullies in order to reduce the flooded width by 50 Consequently a modest improvement in flow condition would involve quite significant additional cost Therefore the design flooded width should represent a compromise between the need to restrict water flowing on the carriageway to acceptable proportions and the additional costs associated with higher levels of road drainage
312 The principle is to limit the likelihood of water flowing under the wheel paths of vehicles on high speed roads and splashing over footways on low speed roads In general for flat and near flat roads a design flooded width of 075 metre under heavy rainfall condition is adequate This flooded width will imply that stormwater will just begin to encroach into the wheel paths of vehicles or would be restricted within the marginal strip if provided The very small risk of splashing over footways is considered to be acceptable
313 For roads with moderate to steep gradients a smaller flooded width is desirable This is because when there is a large quantity of water flowing in the channel on a steep gradient any partial blockage of the inlet will result in a considerable proportion of the flow by-passing the gully This in turn will increase the load on the next and subsequent gullies For this reason the maximum design gully spacing shall be limited to 25 metres and the design flooded width shall be reduced in accordance with Table 1 The effect of this reduction in design flooded width has been taken into consideration in the preparation of the design charts
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 2 of 30
Longitudinal Gradient Design Flooded Width
2 or less 750 mm
between 2 to 3 transition from 750 mm to 700 mm
3 and more up to 5 700 mm
more than 5 gradually reduces from 700 mm downwards (gully spacing is calculated by assuming that the longitudinal gradient is equal to 5 and the maximum gully spacing is limited to 25 metres)
Table 1 Design flooded width for Roads other than expressways
314 A larger flooded width can be permitted on the slow lane sides of expressways where hard shoulder of minimum width of 25 metres are provided The design flooded width can be increased to 10 metre under heavy rainfall conditions which will ensure that there is no encroachment onto the adjoining traffic lane Again there is a need to limit the flooded width on roads with moderate and steep gradients In this respect gully spacing for expressways with a longitudinal gradient of more than 3 shall be determined as if the gradient is equal to 3 However in most cases the maximum design gully spacing of 25 metres will be the determining factor
315 Note that a 10 metre design flooded width does not apply to those sides of expressways without a hard shoulder of minimum width 25 metres nor to the fast lane sides where only a marginal strip is provided
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 3 of 30
32 Climatic Considerations
321 In general the designer should equate heavy rainfall condition for serviceability state design to be the intensity of a rainstorm (5 minutes or more in duration) having a probability of occurrence of not more than 10 times per year According to the statistics from the Royal Observatory this corresponds to an intensity of 80 mmhour It should be noted that a rainfall intensity of 80 mmhour or more would be such that many motorists would consider it prudent to slow down owing to lack of visibility
322 If gullies are provided to limit flooded width to 750mm at this design rainfall intensity [80mmhour] larger flooded width as tabulated in Table 2 will result during heavier rainstorms It is expected that the design flooded width will be exceeded not more than 10 times per year 5 times of which up to 083 metre and the other 5 times mostly up to 095 metre This is considered acceptable in view of the not frequent occurrence and the relatively slight extension in flooded width Note that the flooded width is well within the hard shoulder of expressways even for exceptionally heavy rainstorms of a probability of occurrence of 1 in 200 years
Storm Occurrence
Intensity Maximum Flooded Width
Normal Roads Hard Shoulders in Expressways
10 per year 80 mmh 075 m 100 m
5 per year 100 mmh 083 m 110 m
1 per year 140 mmh 095 m 127 m
1 in 50 years 240 mmh 120 m 160 m
1 in 200 years 280 mmh 128 m 171 m
Table 2 Maximum Flooded Width for Different Storm Frequencies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 4 of 30
33 Ultimate State Considerations
331 Under the kerb and gully arrangement when a fixed number of gullies have been constructed the flow width and flow height will increase with the rainfall intensity If the flow height is too great the kerb may be overtopped and in certain situation the surface water may cause flooding to adjoining land or properties This should be avoided even in exceptionally heavy rainstorms
332 The purpose of the ultimate state design is to prevent the occurrence of such overtopping In this design standard the ultimate state is taken to be the rainfall intensity [240 mmhour] of a 5 minute rainstorm with a probability of occurrence of 1 in 50 years To have a further safety margin a factor of safety of 12 is applied to the flow height under the ultimate state before checking against the available kerb height The flow height Hult is therefore given by Equation (1)
Hult = 12 x 10 x Wult x Xfall (1)
where Hult = flow height in mm Wult = flooded width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other road edges)
Xfall = crossfall of pavement in
333 This requirement can be satisfied in most cases The flow height will exceed the standard kerb height of 125 mm only if the crossfall is more than 65 for hard shoulder flow on expressways or 87 on other roads If the kerb height is exceeded the drainage design should be revised
334 When the limiting flow height is exceeded either the crossfall or the kerb height may be adjusted The kerb height can be increased up to 150mm if required for this purpose If the ultimate state requirement cannot be met by adjusting the kerb height or crossfall due to other constraints the gully spacing (determined by Equation 5) should be adjusted by multiplying it with a reduction factor RFult given by Equation (2)
Hkerb RFult = ( ) (2)12 x Wfall x Xult
where RFult = reduction factor for ultimate state
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 5 of 30
Hkerb = kerb height in mm Xfall = crossfall of pavement in Wult = flow width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other roads )
335 A kerb height of 125 mm can be assumed at standard dropped kerb crossings as the footway should have sufficient fall to contain any overtopping within a localised area However in exceptional cases with non-standard dropped kerb crossings where the footway falls away from the kerb the actual kerb height should be used and special attention should be paid in the design to cater for ultimate state flow
336 Where a continuous channel is provided along the edge of the carriageway for surface drainage the capacity of the channel should be sufficient to cater for the ultimate state rainfall intensity
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 6 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
31 Serviceability State Considerations
311 The spacing of road gullies should be designed so that the flow of water in the kerb side hard shoulder marginal strip channel is limited to a maximum tolerable width (flooded width) commensurate with the function of the road even under heavy rainfall conditions (to be defined in para 32 below) Cost is also a relevant consideration It would generally require 2 to 5 times more gullies in order to reduce the flooded width by 50 Consequently a modest improvement in flow condition would involve quite significant additional cost Therefore the design flooded width should represent a compromise between the need to restrict water flowing on the carriageway to acceptable proportions and the additional costs associated with higher levels of road drainage
312 The principle is to limit the likelihood of water flowing under the wheel paths of vehicles on high speed roads and splashing over footways on low speed roads In general for flat and near flat roads a design flooded width of 075 metre under heavy rainfall condition is adequate This flooded width will imply that stormwater will just begin to encroach into the wheel paths of vehicles or would be restricted within the marginal strip if provided The very small risk of splashing over footways is considered to be acceptable
313 For roads with moderate to steep gradients a smaller flooded width is desirable This is because when there is a large quantity of water flowing in the channel on a steep gradient any partial blockage of the inlet will result in a considerable proportion of the flow by-passing the gully This in turn will increase the load on the next and subsequent gullies For this reason the maximum design gully spacing shall be limited to 25 metres and the design flooded width shall be reduced in accordance with Table 1 The effect of this reduction in design flooded width has been taken into consideration in the preparation of the design charts
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 2 of 30
Longitudinal Gradient Design Flooded Width
2 or less 750 mm
between 2 to 3 transition from 750 mm to 700 mm
3 and more up to 5 700 mm
more than 5 gradually reduces from 700 mm downwards (gully spacing is calculated by assuming that the longitudinal gradient is equal to 5 and the maximum gully spacing is limited to 25 metres)
Table 1 Design flooded width for Roads other than expressways
314 A larger flooded width can be permitted on the slow lane sides of expressways where hard shoulder of minimum width of 25 metres are provided The design flooded width can be increased to 10 metre under heavy rainfall conditions which will ensure that there is no encroachment onto the adjoining traffic lane Again there is a need to limit the flooded width on roads with moderate and steep gradients In this respect gully spacing for expressways with a longitudinal gradient of more than 3 shall be determined as if the gradient is equal to 3 However in most cases the maximum design gully spacing of 25 metres will be the determining factor
315 Note that a 10 metre design flooded width does not apply to those sides of expressways without a hard shoulder of minimum width 25 metres nor to the fast lane sides where only a marginal strip is provided
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 3 of 30
32 Climatic Considerations
321 In general the designer should equate heavy rainfall condition for serviceability state design to be the intensity of a rainstorm (5 minutes or more in duration) having a probability of occurrence of not more than 10 times per year According to the statistics from the Royal Observatory this corresponds to an intensity of 80 mmhour It should be noted that a rainfall intensity of 80 mmhour or more would be such that many motorists would consider it prudent to slow down owing to lack of visibility
322 If gullies are provided to limit flooded width to 750mm at this design rainfall intensity [80mmhour] larger flooded width as tabulated in Table 2 will result during heavier rainstorms It is expected that the design flooded width will be exceeded not more than 10 times per year 5 times of which up to 083 metre and the other 5 times mostly up to 095 metre This is considered acceptable in view of the not frequent occurrence and the relatively slight extension in flooded width Note that the flooded width is well within the hard shoulder of expressways even for exceptionally heavy rainstorms of a probability of occurrence of 1 in 200 years
Storm Occurrence
Intensity Maximum Flooded Width
Normal Roads Hard Shoulders in Expressways
10 per year 80 mmh 075 m 100 m
5 per year 100 mmh 083 m 110 m
1 per year 140 mmh 095 m 127 m
1 in 50 years 240 mmh 120 m 160 m
1 in 200 years 280 mmh 128 m 171 m
Table 2 Maximum Flooded Width for Different Storm Frequencies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 4 of 30
33 Ultimate State Considerations
331 Under the kerb and gully arrangement when a fixed number of gullies have been constructed the flow width and flow height will increase with the rainfall intensity If the flow height is too great the kerb may be overtopped and in certain situation the surface water may cause flooding to adjoining land or properties This should be avoided even in exceptionally heavy rainstorms
332 The purpose of the ultimate state design is to prevent the occurrence of such overtopping In this design standard the ultimate state is taken to be the rainfall intensity [240 mmhour] of a 5 minute rainstorm with a probability of occurrence of 1 in 50 years To have a further safety margin a factor of safety of 12 is applied to the flow height under the ultimate state before checking against the available kerb height The flow height Hult is therefore given by Equation (1)
Hult = 12 x 10 x Wult x Xfall (1)
where Hult = flow height in mm Wult = flooded width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other road edges)
Xfall = crossfall of pavement in
333 This requirement can be satisfied in most cases The flow height will exceed the standard kerb height of 125 mm only if the crossfall is more than 65 for hard shoulder flow on expressways or 87 on other roads If the kerb height is exceeded the drainage design should be revised
334 When the limiting flow height is exceeded either the crossfall or the kerb height may be adjusted The kerb height can be increased up to 150mm if required for this purpose If the ultimate state requirement cannot be met by adjusting the kerb height or crossfall due to other constraints the gully spacing (determined by Equation 5) should be adjusted by multiplying it with a reduction factor RFult given by Equation (2)
Hkerb RFult = ( ) (2)12 x Wfall x Xult
where RFult = reduction factor for ultimate state
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 5 of 30
Hkerb = kerb height in mm Xfall = crossfall of pavement in Wult = flow width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other roads )
335 A kerb height of 125 mm can be assumed at standard dropped kerb crossings as the footway should have sufficient fall to contain any overtopping within a localised area However in exceptional cases with non-standard dropped kerb crossings where the footway falls away from the kerb the actual kerb height should be used and special attention should be paid in the design to cater for ultimate state flow
336 Where a continuous channel is provided along the edge of the carriageway for surface drainage the capacity of the channel should be sufficient to cater for the ultimate state rainfall intensity
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 6 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
Longitudinal Gradient Design Flooded Width
2 or less 750 mm
between 2 to 3 transition from 750 mm to 700 mm
3 and more up to 5 700 mm
more than 5 gradually reduces from 700 mm downwards (gully spacing is calculated by assuming that the longitudinal gradient is equal to 5 and the maximum gully spacing is limited to 25 metres)
Table 1 Design flooded width for Roads other than expressways
314 A larger flooded width can be permitted on the slow lane sides of expressways where hard shoulder of minimum width of 25 metres are provided The design flooded width can be increased to 10 metre under heavy rainfall conditions which will ensure that there is no encroachment onto the adjoining traffic lane Again there is a need to limit the flooded width on roads with moderate and steep gradients In this respect gully spacing for expressways with a longitudinal gradient of more than 3 shall be determined as if the gradient is equal to 3 However in most cases the maximum design gully spacing of 25 metres will be the determining factor
315 Note that a 10 metre design flooded width does not apply to those sides of expressways without a hard shoulder of minimum width 25 metres nor to the fast lane sides where only a marginal strip is provided
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 3 of 30
32 Climatic Considerations
321 In general the designer should equate heavy rainfall condition for serviceability state design to be the intensity of a rainstorm (5 minutes or more in duration) having a probability of occurrence of not more than 10 times per year According to the statistics from the Royal Observatory this corresponds to an intensity of 80 mmhour It should be noted that a rainfall intensity of 80 mmhour or more would be such that many motorists would consider it prudent to slow down owing to lack of visibility
322 If gullies are provided to limit flooded width to 750mm at this design rainfall intensity [80mmhour] larger flooded width as tabulated in Table 2 will result during heavier rainstorms It is expected that the design flooded width will be exceeded not more than 10 times per year 5 times of which up to 083 metre and the other 5 times mostly up to 095 metre This is considered acceptable in view of the not frequent occurrence and the relatively slight extension in flooded width Note that the flooded width is well within the hard shoulder of expressways even for exceptionally heavy rainstorms of a probability of occurrence of 1 in 200 years
Storm Occurrence
Intensity Maximum Flooded Width
Normal Roads Hard Shoulders in Expressways
10 per year 80 mmh 075 m 100 m
5 per year 100 mmh 083 m 110 m
1 per year 140 mmh 095 m 127 m
1 in 50 years 240 mmh 120 m 160 m
1 in 200 years 280 mmh 128 m 171 m
Table 2 Maximum Flooded Width for Different Storm Frequencies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 4 of 30
33 Ultimate State Considerations
331 Under the kerb and gully arrangement when a fixed number of gullies have been constructed the flow width and flow height will increase with the rainfall intensity If the flow height is too great the kerb may be overtopped and in certain situation the surface water may cause flooding to adjoining land or properties This should be avoided even in exceptionally heavy rainstorms
332 The purpose of the ultimate state design is to prevent the occurrence of such overtopping In this design standard the ultimate state is taken to be the rainfall intensity [240 mmhour] of a 5 minute rainstorm with a probability of occurrence of 1 in 50 years To have a further safety margin a factor of safety of 12 is applied to the flow height under the ultimate state before checking against the available kerb height The flow height Hult is therefore given by Equation (1)
Hult = 12 x 10 x Wult x Xfall (1)
where Hult = flow height in mm Wult = flooded width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other road edges)
Xfall = crossfall of pavement in
333 This requirement can be satisfied in most cases The flow height will exceed the standard kerb height of 125 mm only if the crossfall is more than 65 for hard shoulder flow on expressways or 87 on other roads If the kerb height is exceeded the drainage design should be revised
334 When the limiting flow height is exceeded either the crossfall or the kerb height may be adjusted The kerb height can be increased up to 150mm if required for this purpose If the ultimate state requirement cannot be met by adjusting the kerb height or crossfall due to other constraints the gully spacing (determined by Equation 5) should be adjusted by multiplying it with a reduction factor RFult given by Equation (2)
Hkerb RFult = ( ) (2)12 x Wfall x Xult
where RFult = reduction factor for ultimate state
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 5 of 30
Hkerb = kerb height in mm Xfall = crossfall of pavement in Wult = flow width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other roads )
335 A kerb height of 125 mm can be assumed at standard dropped kerb crossings as the footway should have sufficient fall to contain any overtopping within a localised area However in exceptional cases with non-standard dropped kerb crossings where the footway falls away from the kerb the actual kerb height should be used and special attention should be paid in the design to cater for ultimate state flow
336 Where a continuous channel is provided along the edge of the carriageway for surface drainage the capacity of the channel should be sufficient to cater for the ultimate state rainfall intensity
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 6 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
32 Climatic Considerations
321 In general the designer should equate heavy rainfall condition for serviceability state design to be the intensity of a rainstorm (5 minutes or more in duration) having a probability of occurrence of not more than 10 times per year According to the statistics from the Royal Observatory this corresponds to an intensity of 80 mmhour It should be noted that a rainfall intensity of 80 mmhour or more would be such that many motorists would consider it prudent to slow down owing to lack of visibility
322 If gullies are provided to limit flooded width to 750mm at this design rainfall intensity [80mmhour] larger flooded width as tabulated in Table 2 will result during heavier rainstorms It is expected that the design flooded width will be exceeded not more than 10 times per year 5 times of which up to 083 metre and the other 5 times mostly up to 095 metre This is considered acceptable in view of the not frequent occurrence and the relatively slight extension in flooded width Note that the flooded width is well within the hard shoulder of expressways even for exceptionally heavy rainstorms of a probability of occurrence of 1 in 200 years
Storm Occurrence
Intensity Maximum Flooded Width
Normal Roads Hard Shoulders in Expressways
10 per year 80 mmh 075 m 100 m
5 per year 100 mmh 083 m 110 m
1 per year 140 mmh 095 m 127 m
1 in 50 years 240 mmh 120 m 160 m
1 in 200 years 280 mmh 128 m 171 m
Table 2 Maximum Flooded Width for Different Storm Frequencies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 4 of 30
33 Ultimate State Considerations
331 Under the kerb and gully arrangement when a fixed number of gullies have been constructed the flow width and flow height will increase with the rainfall intensity If the flow height is too great the kerb may be overtopped and in certain situation the surface water may cause flooding to adjoining land or properties This should be avoided even in exceptionally heavy rainstorms
332 The purpose of the ultimate state design is to prevent the occurrence of such overtopping In this design standard the ultimate state is taken to be the rainfall intensity [240 mmhour] of a 5 minute rainstorm with a probability of occurrence of 1 in 50 years To have a further safety margin a factor of safety of 12 is applied to the flow height under the ultimate state before checking against the available kerb height The flow height Hult is therefore given by Equation (1)
Hult = 12 x 10 x Wult x Xfall (1)
where Hult = flow height in mm Wult = flooded width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other road edges)
Xfall = crossfall of pavement in
333 This requirement can be satisfied in most cases The flow height will exceed the standard kerb height of 125 mm only if the crossfall is more than 65 for hard shoulder flow on expressways or 87 on other roads If the kerb height is exceeded the drainage design should be revised
334 When the limiting flow height is exceeded either the crossfall or the kerb height may be adjusted The kerb height can be increased up to 150mm if required for this purpose If the ultimate state requirement cannot be met by adjusting the kerb height or crossfall due to other constraints the gully spacing (determined by Equation 5) should be adjusted by multiplying it with a reduction factor RFult given by Equation (2)
Hkerb RFult = ( ) (2)12 x Wfall x Xult
where RFult = reduction factor for ultimate state
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 5 of 30
Hkerb = kerb height in mm Xfall = crossfall of pavement in Wult = flow width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other roads )
335 A kerb height of 125 mm can be assumed at standard dropped kerb crossings as the footway should have sufficient fall to contain any overtopping within a localised area However in exceptional cases with non-standard dropped kerb crossings where the footway falls away from the kerb the actual kerb height should be used and special attention should be paid in the design to cater for ultimate state flow
336 Where a continuous channel is provided along the edge of the carriageway for surface drainage the capacity of the channel should be sufficient to cater for the ultimate state rainfall intensity
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 6 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
33 Ultimate State Considerations
331 Under the kerb and gully arrangement when a fixed number of gullies have been constructed the flow width and flow height will increase with the rainfall intensity If the flow height is too great the kerb may be overtopped and in certain situation the surface water may cause flooding to adjoining land or properties This should be avoided even in exceptionally heavy rainstorms
332 The purpose of the ultimate state design is to prevent the occurrence of such overtopping In this design standard the ultimate state is taken to be the rainfall intensity [240 mmhour] of a 5 minute rainstorm with a probability of occurrence of 1 in 50 years To have a further safety margin a factor of safety of 12 is applied to the flow height under the ultimate state before checking against the available kerb height The flow height Hult is therefore given by Equation (1)
Hult = 12 x 10 x Wult x Xfall (1)
where Hult = flow height in mm Wult = flooded width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other road edges)
Xfall = crossfall of pavement in
333 This requirement can be satisfied in most cases The flow height will exceed the standard kerb height of 125 mm only if the crossfall is more than 65 for hard shoulder flow on expressways or 87 on other roads If the kerb height is exceeded the drainage design should be revised
334 When the limiting flow height is exceeded either the crossfall or the kerb height may be adjusted The kerb height can be increased up to 150mm if required for this purpose If the ultimate state requirement cannot be met by adjusting the kerb height or crossfall due to other constraints the gully spacing (determined by Equation 5) should be adjusted by multiplying it with a reduction factor RFult given by Equation (2)
Hkerb RFult = ( ) (2)12 x Wfall x Xult
where RFult = reduction factor for ultimate state
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 5 of 30
Hkerb = kerb height in mm Xfall = crossfall of pavement in Wult = flow width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other roads )
335 A kerb height of 125 mm can be assumed at standard dropped kerb crossings as the footway should have sufficient fall to contain any overtopping within a localised area However in exceptional cases with non-standard dropped kerb crossings where the footway falls away from the kerb the actual kerb height should be used and special attention should be paid in the design to cater for ultimate state flow
336 Where a continuous channel is provided along the edge of the carriageway for surface drainage the capacity of the channel should be sufficient to cater for the ultimate state rainfall intensity
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 6 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
Hkerb = kerb height in mm Xfall = crossfall of pavement in Wult = flow width at ultimate state
( = 160 metre for hard shoulders on expressways or = 120 metre for other roads )
335 A kerb height of 125 mm can be assumed at standard dropped kerb crossings as the footway should have sufficient fall to contain any overtopping within a localised area However in exceptional cases with non-standard dropped kerb crossings where the footway falls away from the kerb the actual kerb height should be used and special attention should be paid in the design to cater for ultimate state flow
336 Where a continuous channel is provided along the edge of the carriageway for surface drainage the capacity of the channel should be sufficient to cater for the ultimate state rainfall intensity
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 6 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
34 Crossfall
341 Crossfall should be provided on all roads to shed stormwater to the drainage channels On straight lengths of roads crossfall is usually provided in the form of camber On curves crossfall is usually provided through superelevation
342 A slight variation in crossfall will result in a significant effect in gully spacing in particular on flat sections As illustrated in Figure 1 (para 362) an increase in crossfall from 25 to 30 can increase gully spacing by about 30 Therefore a suitable crossfall should be adopted to avoid having gullies at unnecessarily close spacing On roads with moderate or steep gradients a suitable crossfall should be provided to ensure surface water flows obliquely to the kerb side channels rather than longitudinally along the length of the road The Transport and Planning Design Manual suggests a standard crossfall of 25 However to facilitate surface drainage minimum crossfall shall be provided as given in Table 3 except where required along transitions
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 7 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
35 Gully Spacing - Roads at a Gradient Greater Than 05
351 The design method adopted is based on CR 2 It is similar to the one in the previous version of Road Note 6 except that a roughness coefficient has been introduced to cater for the slight difference in flow efficiency on roads with different surface texture
352 There are different formulae in CR 2 for the 3 types of gullies below
a) most upstream gully - the first gully from the crest b) terminal gully - the gully at the lowest or sag point c) intermediate gully - any gully between a most upstream gully and
a terminal gully
353 For simplicity and to avoid confusion a single formula (the one for intermediate gullies) is adopted in this Road Note It would be slightly conservative to use this formula for most upstream gullies but the effect is minimal As regards terminal gullies which collect water from both sides the gully spacing should be half that calculated by the formula for intermediate gullies if only one gully is provided at the sag point However the recommendation in this Road Note to provide at least 3 gullies at sag points has the effect of removing the need for a different formula for terminal gullies The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (3) below
001 ALu = ( ) x (3)n W
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre 001 A) x
n = roughness coefficient (Table 4) n W
A = drained area in m2 (Chart 1B for expressways and Chart 1A for other roads)
W = drained width (ie the average width of the area to be drained) in metre
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 8 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
Road Surface n
Concrete without flat channel 0015
Concrete with flat channel 0013
Bituminous wearing course 0013
Precast block paving 0015
Textured wearing course and friction course 0016
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient (Amended Feb 2009)
354 This design formula can directly be applied when the section of road under
consideration has a uniform crossfall and longitudinal gradient For roads with
varying crossfall andor longitudinal gradient it is necessary to divide the road into
sections of roughly uniform gradient and crossfall for the purpose of calculation of
gully spacing
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 ndash Road Pavement Drainage Page 9 of 30 (Amended Feb 2009)
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
36 Gully Spacing - Flat or Near Flat Roads at a Gradient not Greater than 05
361 The design method given in CR 2 is not applicable to roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 as the flow in the channel will become deeper and the mode of flow will change from super-critical to sub-critical The design method for flat or near flat roads is based on LR 602 The unadjusted gully spacing is given by Equation (4) below
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
where Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre Lo = gully spacing for roads of zero gradient in metre
(Chart 2B for expressways amp Chart 2A for other roads) F = adjustment factor for different drained widths (Chart 3)
R = multiplication factor for different crossfalls and gradients (Chart 4B for expressways and Chart 4A for other roads)
362 Figure 1 illustrates the effect of longitudinal gradient on gully spacing Note that there is a discontinuity at 05 longitudinal gradient which is the changeover point from one design method to another
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 10 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
37 Design Gully Spacing and Reduction Factors
371 The design gully spacing is derived by applying reduction factors to the unadjusted gully spacing determined as described above There are two reduction factors one for gully efficiency and the other for blockage by debris
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x ( 1 - RFdebris) (5)
where L = design gully spacing in metre Lu = unadjusted gully spacing in metre RFgully = reduction factor for gully efficiency (Table 5) RFdebris = reduction factor for blockage by debris (Table 6)
Gully Grating Efficiency
372 The efficiency of road surface drainage depends very much on the efficiency of the gully intakes The type of gully grating to be used is an important factor in the determination of gully spacings The design charts in this Road Note are prepared on the basis of the highly efficient double triangular grating (type GA1-450) Grating type GA1-450 shall be the standard gully gratings on all at-grade and elevated roads
373 No other grating type shall be used except in particular locations on elevated roads where it would be desirable to provide gully openings smaller than the standard type (despite the fact that more gullies would be needed) In such exceptional cases grating type GA2-325 can be used A reduction factor of 15 shall be applied to the calculated gully spacing to account for the lower efficiency of grating type GA2-325 The following reduction factors for gully efficiency are applicable
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 11 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
374 The measured gully efficiency and also the formulae for the calculation of gully spacing are based on the arrangement with single gully assemblies at each gully location Note that the provision of double gullies at every location is in general not cost effective as there is little effect in increasing gully spacings Single gully assemblies should be provided except where described in para 384 to 389
Blockage by Debris
375 All grating designs are susceptible to blockage by debris especially for flat gradients in the urban areas Some allowance should therefore be made in the calculated spacing for the reduction in discharge An appropriate reduction factor on the discharge should be made according to the local conditions As a general guidance reduction factors should be applied in the manner described in the following table
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 12 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
38 Details to Facilitate Entry of Surface Water
Kerb Overflow Weirs
381 Kerb overflow weirs serve two functions Firstly the vertical opening is a kind of kerb inlet and would provide additional drainage path under normal circumstances This is useful in roads with moderate or steep gradient where the higher flow velocity enables a certain amount of surface water to by-pass the gully through the very narrow inner edge of gully assemblies The provision of overflow weirs on roads with moderate and steep gradient is recommended as they remove the inner edges and also provide additional inlet openings The provision rate shall be according to Table 7 below
382 The second function is to provide a reserve inlet for surface water in case the gully grating is obstructed by plastic bags or other debris The reserve inlets are necessary on flat roads and sag points including blockage blackspots where the likelihood of debris collecting on gratings and along channels is high Overflow weirs shall be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient less than 05 according to Table 7 below
Section of Road Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
longitudinal gradient gt 7 Every other gully
longitudinal gradient gt 5 but not more than 7
Every third gully
longitudinal gradient between 05 and 5 inclusive
No overflow weir
longitudinal gradient lt 05 Every third gully
Sag points or blockage blackspots
Every gully
Table 7 Rate of Provision of Overflow Weirs
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 13 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
383
384
385
386
RN6 (94 Version)
The drawback of overflow weirs is that they provide yet another passageway for debris to enter the gully pot which may eventually cause blockage of the gully It is therefore important to provide bars across the vertical opening to reduce the size of the openings and to prevent the entry of large particles Where provided on roads with moderate or steep gradient the bars should be horizontal or parallel to the length of the weir so as to maintain drainage efficiency Where provided on flat roads or sag points the bars should be vertical as this arrangement is more effective in preventing entry of debris
Gullies at Sag Points (Minimum Triple Gullies)
Sag points could be the trough at the bottom of a hill or locally at bends created by superelevation Any surface water not collected by the intermediate gullies will end up at the sag points It is therefore important to provide spare gully capacity at sag points A minimum of 3 gullies should be provided on all sag points The first one collects surface water from one side of the trough the last one collects surface water from the other side and the middle gully (gullies) provides spare capacity
If the catchment area concerned gets larger there is a higher chance for a certain amount of surface run-off bypassing any blocked intermediate gullies and eventually reaching the sag point In such circumstances surface water may accumulate at the sag point and cause flooding or hazard to traffic In view of the serious consequence it is necessary to provide additional gullies at sag points to reduce the likelihood of such occurrence It should be borne in mind however that the key for the proper functioning of the surface drainage system is the proper maintenance and clearance of blocked gullies rather than the additional number of gullies provided The number of additional gullies to be provided at sag points is affected by
a) the likelihood of intermediate gullies being blocked on the surface or internally
b) the size and layout of the catchment area c) the relative importance of the road and the consequence of flooding and d) the presence of alternative outlets (perhaps at a slightly higher level)
There is no hard and fast rule but as a general guideline additional gullies
Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 14 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
should be provided at sag points based on the size of the catchment area in accordance with Table 8 below
Catchment Area No of Gullies (m2) at Sag Points
lt 600 3
600 - 1999 4
2000 - 3999 5
4000 - 5999 6
6000 - 9999 7
10000 - 14999 8
15000 - 19999 9
gt 20000 10 or separately considered
Table 8 Additional Gullies at Sag Points
The catchment area is the road area such that rain falling onto which may end up at the sag point For hilly terrain the catchment area of a sag point could be very large Note that surface water always follows the line of greatest slope rather than confined to one side of the carriageway Hence when there are gullies at both sides of a road at a sag point very often the two sets of gullies have catchment areas quite different in sizes unless the catchment area is a straight road with camber throughout
Gullies Immediately Downstream of Moderate or Steep Gradients
387 On roads with moderate or steep gradient surface water follows the line of greatest slope and flows obliquely towards the kerb side channel There is no significant effect on the size of the drained area if it is a constant gradient or a gradual transition However if the road suddenly flattens out the surface water bypassing the last gully on the steep section because of the oblique flow may overload the first few gullies on the flatter section
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 15 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
388 Provision should be made to intercept such oblique flow when a road with moderate or steep gradient flattens out As a general guide the first 3 sets of gullies immediately downstream of a road section of longitudinal gradient 5 should be double gullies rather than single gullies
389 Note that adjacent gullies should be located at least one kerb length apart so that the portion of pavement between them can be properly constructed
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 16 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
39 Other Details
Footway Drainage
391 In general footways should have a crossfall towards the kerb to allow surface water to be collected by the kerb side gullies on the carriageway The total width of footway and carriageways should be used in determining the drained width
392 Where the paved area adjacent to the carriageway is very wide gullies at a very close spacing along the carriageway may be required In such a case it may be more appropriate to provide a separate drainage system for the footway One option for footways in rural area with low pedestrian volume is to drain surface water to separate open or covered channels at the back of the paved area
Pedestrian Crossings
393 At pedestrian crossings where there are many pedestrian movements across the kerb side channel it is worthwhile to spend extra effort in detailing the position of gullies to minimise inconvenience to the pedestrians It is recommended that
a) no gully should be located within the width of any pedestrian crossings
b) for roads of longitudinal gradient 05 or above a gully should be located at the upstream end of all pedestrian crossings
c) for roads of longitudinal gradient less than 05 another gully (in addition to that required under (b)) should be provided at the downstream end
Continuous drainage channel
394 For wide carriageway roads in flat areas gullies would need to be provided at very close spacing For example a flat 4 lane carriageway with a superelevation of 3 and with both adjacent footways shedding water to a single kerb side channel would require gullies at a spacing of less than 5m In such circumstances drainage by means of covered continuous channels may be preferable However the ability to maintain this type of system becomes an important consideration
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 17 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
Gully Pots
395 Untrapped gullies are preferred to the trapped ones because the latter is more susceptible to choke Trapped gullies should be used when there is the possibility of having sewage discharged into the stormwater drain serving the gullies
396 Precastpreformed gully pots should be used instead of in-situ construction except in very special cases where physical or other constraints do not allow their use The following are some of the advantages of using precastpreformed gullies
a) easier to install and maintain b) have a smooth internal finish which allows easy cleansing (debris
tends to adhere to rough in-situ concrete walls) and c) where outfall trapping is required it is simply the choice of a precast
trapped gully pot (it is extremely difficult to build an acceptable trapped gully by in-situ construction)
Y-junction Connection
397 Gully outlet pipes should be properly connected to carrier drains in accordance with the relevant HyD standard drawing The connection should be formed by means of either a manhole or a Y-junctionsaddle connection fitting Connecting an outlet pipe through an opening in an existing drain is not allowed
Capacity of Gully Pots and Connections
398 The drainage system is designed to cater for the ultimate state (ie a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour) The gully pots and their connection pipes should therefore have a capacity to carry the discharge in a rainfall intensity of 240mmhour As a general guideline a 150mm diameter gully connection at an hydraulic gradient 26 will be sufficient for a drained area up to 300 m2 If a connection pipe is laid to a flatter gradient or if the drained area exceeds 300 m2 the capacity of the connection should be checked The provision of a 225mm diameter connection pipe may be required
Flat Channels and Pavement around Gullies
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 18 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
399 Gullies in flexible pavements should be surrounded with bituminous paving material The provision of concrete channels in front of kerbline for flexible pavements should be avoided as far as possible in order to minimize the risk of stormwater penetrating the interface between concrete channel and flexible surfacing Water penetrating into the pavement will weaken the subgrade and eventually cause premature deterioration of the pavement structure
3910 Gullies in concrete pavements should be set in small individual concrete slabs separated from the main pavement slab by box-out joints Transverse joints in concrete pavements should be located with care so that they are either situated at least 2 metres away or in line with a box-out joint (for contraction joints only) Gully box-outs shall not be cast against expansion joints
3911 The brushed finish on flat concrete roads should be omitted in front of kerbs for a width of 425 mm which should instead be trowel-finished to form a smooth channel to aid surface run-off However this flat channel should not be provided on roads with moderate or steep longitudinal gradient as it would be more desirable to limit the flow velocity and to remove the potential hazard of tyre skidding on the smooth concrete surface It is recommended that no flat channel should be provided on roads with longitudinal gradient more than 5
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 19 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
4 Step by Step Design Guide
Step 1 - Determine longitudinal gradient Glong
drained width W crossfall Xfall
roughness coefficient n (from Table 4)
Step 2A (Glong gt= 05)
Read drained area A from Chart 1B - hard shoulder flow Chart 1A - other roads flow
Step 3A (Glong gt= 05)
Determine Lu
Step 2B (Glong lt 05)
Read Lo from Chart 2B - hard shoulder flow Chart 2A - other roads flow
Read F from Chart 3
Read R from Chart 4B - hard shoulder flow Chart 4A - other roads flow
Step 3B (Glong lt 05)
Determine Lu
Lu = Lo x [ 1 + F ( R - 1 ) ] (4)
Step 4 - Determine design gully spacing L
L = Lu x (1 - RFgully) x (1- RFdebris) (5)
where RFgully from Table 5 RFdebris from Table 6
Step 5 - Check ultimate state
Calculate Hult = 12 x Wult x Xfall (1)
If Hult =lt Hkerb ok
If Hult gt Hkerb
then a) Adjust Hkerb if Hkerb lt 150mm or
b) Adjust design gully spacing by multiplying with a reduction factor for ultimate state RFult
Step 6 - Related Considerations
a) Provision of overflow weirs b) Additional gullies at sag points
c) Double gullies immediately downstream of 5 gradient d) Location of gullies at pedestrian crossings
(Table 7) (Table 8)
(section 388) (section 393)
Longitudinal Gradient Minimum Crossfall
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 20 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
1 or less 3
5 or more 3
between 1 and 5 25
Table 3 Minimum Crossfalls
Road Surface n
concrete and normal bituminous wearing course 0010
textured wearing course and friction course 0012
Table 4 Roughness Coefficient
Type of Gully RFgully
GA1-450 0
GA2-325 15
Table 5 Reduction Factor for Gully Efficiency
Roads Road Sections RFdebris
Expressways
longitudinal gradient less than 05 amp near sag points 10
other sections 0
Other Roads
longitudinal gradient less than 05 15
longitudinal gradient 05 or more 10
near sag points or blockage blackspot eg streets with markets or hawkers
20 or more
Table 6 Reduction Factor for Blockage by Debris
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 21 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
5 Worked Examples
51 Example 1 - Gullies under general road conditions
Design parameters Drained width W = 120 m Crossfall Xfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient Glong = 15 Road surface bituminous wearing course Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 Roughness coefficient n = 001
From Design Chart 1A Drained area A = 296 m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 296(001 x 120)
= 247m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 10 From Equation 5
L = 247 x 1 x 09 = 222m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
52 Example 2 - Gullies in Expressways
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway hard shoulder and verge) = 200 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 15 Road surface friction course Kerb height = 125mm Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 0012
From Design Chart 1B Drained area = 576m2
From Equation 3 Lu = 001 x 576(0012 x 200)
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 22 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
= 240m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 0
From Equation 5 L = Lu = 240m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 160 x 36 = 691mm lt 125mm ok
53 Example 3 - Gullies in flat roads
Design parameters Drained width (total width of carriageway
footway) = 120 m Crossfall = 36 Longitudinal gradient = 04 Road surface concrete Kerb height = 125mm Blockage problem not blackspot Gully type GA1-450
From Table 4 roughness coefficient = 001
From Design Chart 2A Gully Spacing(zero gradient) Lo = 104m
From Design Chart 3 Adjustment factor F = 049
From Design Chart 4A Multiplication factor R = 125
From Equation 4 Gully Spacing Lu
= 104 x [1 + 049 x (125 - 1)] = 117m
From Table 5 RFgully = 0 From Table 6 RFdebris = 15
From Equation 5 L = 117 x 1 x 085 = 99m
From Equation 1 Hult = 12 x 120 x 36 = 518mm lt 125mm ok
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 23 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 24 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 25 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 26 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 27 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 28 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 29 of 30
RN6 (94 Version) Road Note 6 - Road Pavement Drainage Page 30 of 30